1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return nullptr; 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return nullptr; 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return nullptr; 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) { 327 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType) 328 return nullptr; 329 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 330 && "only get destructor types from declspecs"); 331 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 332 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 333 if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) { 334 return ParsedType::make(T); 335 } 336 337 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 338 << T << SearchType; 339 return nullptr; 340 } 341 342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 343 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 344 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 345 346 if (!SS.isValid()) 347 return false; 348 349 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 350 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 351 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 352 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 353 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 354 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 355 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 356 // case where the scope is dependent. 357 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 358 << SS.getScopeRep(); 359 return true; 360 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 364 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 365 return false; 366 } 367 368 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 369 } 370 371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 373 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 374 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 375 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 376 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 377 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 378 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 379 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 380 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 381 Qualifiers Quals; 382 QualType T 383 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 384 Quals); 385 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 386 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 387 return ExprError(); 388 389 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 390 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 391 392 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 393 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 394 } 395 396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 398 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 399 Expr *E, 400 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 401 bool WasEvaluated = false; 402 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 403 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 404 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 405 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 406 E = result.get(); 407 } 408 409 QualType T = E->getType(); 410 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 411 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 412 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 413 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 414 // shall be completely-defined. 415 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 416 return ExprError(); 417 418 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 419 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 420 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 421 // operand. [...] 422 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 423 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 424 // and recheck the subexpression. 425 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 426 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 427 E = Result.get(); 428 429 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 430 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 431 WasEvaluated = true; 432 } 433 } 434 435 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 436 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 437 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 438 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 439 // type. 440 Qualifiers Quals; 441 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 442 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 443 T = UnqualT; 444 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 445 } 446 } 447 448 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 449 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 450 << E->getType()); 451 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 452 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 453 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 454 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 455 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 456 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 457 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 458 } 459 460 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 461 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 462 } 463 464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 465 ExprResult 466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 467 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 468 // Find the std::type_info type. 469 if (!getStdNamespace()) 470 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 471 472 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 473 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 474 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 475 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 476 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 477 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 478 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 479 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 480 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 481 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 482 } 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 485 } 486 487 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 489 } 490 491 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 492 493 if (isType) { 494 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 496 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 497 &TInfo); 498 if (T.isNull()) 499 return ExprError(); 500 501 if (!TInfo) 502 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 503 504 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 505 } 506 507 // The operand is an expression. 508 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 509 } 510 511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to 512 /// a single GUID. 513 static void 514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT, 515 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) { 516 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection. 517 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr(); 518 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType()) 519 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 520 else if (QT->isArrayType()) 521 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 522 523 const auto *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 524 if (!RD) 525 return; 526 527 if (const auto *Uuid = RD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { 528 UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid); 529 return; 530 } 531 532 // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments. 533 if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) { 534 const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs(); 535 for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) { 536 const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr; 537 if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) 538 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs); 539 else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) 540 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs); 541 542 if (UuidForTA) 543 UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA); 544 } 545 } 546 } 547 548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 550 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 551 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 552 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 553 StringRef UuidStr; 554 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 555 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 556 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs); 557 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 558 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 559 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 560 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 561 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 562 } 563 564 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr, 565 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 566 } 567 568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 570 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 571 Expr *E, 572 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 573 StringRef UuidStr; 574 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 575 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 576 UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"; 577 } else { 578 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 579 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs); 580 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 581 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 582 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 583 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 584 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 585 } 586 } 587 588 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr, 589 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 590 } 591 592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 593 ExprResult 594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 595 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 596 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 597 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 598 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 599 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 600 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 601 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 602 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 603 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 604 } 605 606 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 607 608 if (isType) { 609 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 610 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 611 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 612 &TInfo); 613 if (T.isNull()) 614 return ExprError(); 615 616 if (!TInfo) 617 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 618 619 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 620 } 621 622 // The operand is an expression. 623 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 624 } 625 626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 627 ExprResult 628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 629 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 630 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 631 return new (Context) 632 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 633 } 634 635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 636 ExprResult 637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 638 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 639 } 640 641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 642 ExprResult 643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 644 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 645 if (Ex) { 646 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 647 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 648 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 649 // 650 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 651 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 652 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 653 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 654 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 655 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 656 // exception object 657 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 658 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 659 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 660 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 661 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 662 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 663 break; 664 } 665 666 if (S->getFlags() & 667 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 668 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 669 Scope::TryScope)) 670 break; 671 } 672 } 673 } 674 } 675 676 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 677 } 678 679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 680 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 681 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 682 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 683 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 684 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 685 686 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 687 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 688 689 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 690 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 691 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 692 return ExprError(); 693 694 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 695 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 696 697 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 698 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 699 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 700 // 701 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 702 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 703 // catch-clause 704 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 705 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 706 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 707 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 708 // exception object 709 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 710 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 711 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 712 713 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 714 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 715 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 716 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 717 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 718 if (Res.isInvalid()) 719 return ExprError(); 720 Ex = Res.get(); 721 } 722 723 return new (Context) 724 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 725 } 726 727 static void 728 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 729 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 730 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 731 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 732 bool ParentIsPublic) { 733 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 734 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 735 bool NewSubobject; 736 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 737 // always distinct subobjects. 738 if (BS.isVirtual()) 739 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 740 else 741 NewSubobject = true; 742 743 if (NewSubobject) 744 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 745 746 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 747 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 748 if (PublicPath) 749 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 750 751 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 752 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 753 PublicPath); 754 } 755 } 756 757 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 758 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 759 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 760 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 761 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 762 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 763 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 764 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 765 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 766 767 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 768 // Skip ambiguous objects. 769 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 770 continue; 771 772 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 773 } 774 } 775 776 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 777 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 778 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 779 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 780 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 781 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 782 bool isPointer = false; 783 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 784 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 785 isPointer = true; 786 } 787 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 788 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 789 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 790 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 791 E->getSourceRange())) 792 return true; 793 794 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 795 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 796 return true; 797 } 798 799 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 800 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 801 if (!RD) 802 return false; 803 804 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 805 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 806 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 807 808 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 809 if (isPointer) 810 return false; 811 812 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 813 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 814 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 815 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 816 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 817 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 818 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 819 return true; 820 } 821 } 822 823 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 824 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 825 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 826 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 827 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 828 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 829 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 830 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 831 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 832 833 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 834 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 835 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 836 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 837 // lookup and overload resolution. 838 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 839 if (!CD) 840 continue; 841 842 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 843 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 844 845 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 846 // in the catchable type data. 847 if (CD->isTrivial()) 848 continue; 849 850 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 851 // type to this constructor. 852 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 853 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 854 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 855 // friendship or any other means). 856 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 857 858 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 859 // we must rebuild them here. 860 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 861 // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated. 862 if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I)) 863 continue; 864 865 Expr *DefaultArg = 866 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get(); 867 Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg); 868 } 869 } 870 } 871 872 return false; 873 } 874 875 static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda( 876 ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy, 877 DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) { 878 879 QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 880 LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr; 881 DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext; 882 883 // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to 884 // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since 885 // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object. 886 // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its 887 // member function. We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate 888 // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this' 889 // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that 890 // capturing lamdbda's call operator. 891 // 892 893 // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack 894 // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But 895 // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even 896 // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so 897 // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for 898 // capture information. The reason we don't just resort to always using the 899 // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions 900 // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated. 901 902 for (int I = FunctionScopes.size(); 903 I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 904 CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) { 905 CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 906 907 if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) 908 continue; 909 910 auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture(); 911 912 if (C.isCopyCapture()) { 913 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 914 if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst()) 915 ClassType.addConst(); 916 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 917 } 918 } 919 // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can 920 // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas) 921 if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) { 922 assert(CurLSI); 923 assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 924 assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 925 926 auto IsThisCaptured = 927 [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) { 928 IsConst = false; 929 IsByCopy = false; 930 for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) { 931 if (C.capturesThis()) { 932 if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis) 933 IsByCopy = true; 934 if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst()) 935 IsConst = true; 936 return true; 937 } 938 } 939 return false; 940 }; 941 942 bool IsByCopyCapture = false; 943 bool IsConstCapture = false; 944 CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent()); 945 while (Closure && 946 IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) { 947 if (IsByCopyCapture) { 948 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 949 if (IsConstCapture) 950 ClassType.addConst(); 951 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 952 } 953 Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent()) 954 ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent()) 955 : nullptr; 956 } 957 } 958 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 959 } 960 961 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 962 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 963 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 964 965 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 966 if (method && method->isInstance()) 967 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 968 } 969 970 if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) && 971 !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 972 973 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && 974 "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?"); 975 976 // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default 977 // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover 978 // the 'this' type from it. 979 980 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)); 981 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 982 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 983 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 984 } 985 986 // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this' 987 // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's 988 // captures '*this' by copy. 989 if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext)) 990 return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy, 991 CurContext, Context); 992 return ThisTy; 993 } 994 995 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 996 Decl *ContextDecl, 997 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 998 bool Enabled) 999 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 1000 { 1001 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 1002 return; 1003 1004 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 1005 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 1006 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 1007 else 1008 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 1009 1010 // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else. 1011 CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask; 1012 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 1013 = S.Context.getPointerType( 1014 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 1015 1016 this->Enabled = true; 1017 } 1018 1019 1020 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 1021 if (Enabled) { 1022 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 1023 } 1024 } 1025 1026 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 1027 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc, 1028 const bool ByCopy) { 1029 1030 QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy; 1031 // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by 1032 // copy'). 1033 QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy; 1034 if (ByCopy) { 1035 // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any 1036 // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type 1037 // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'. 1038 CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 1039 CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 1040 AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy); 1041 } 1042 1043 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( 1044 Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, 1045 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false, 1046 ICIS_NoInit); 1047 1048 Field->setImplicit(true); 1049 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 1050 RD->addDecl(Field); 1051 Expr *This = 1052 new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true); 1053 if (ByCopy) { 1054 Expr *StarThis = S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, 1055 UO_Deref, 1056 This).get(); 1057 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture( 1058 nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc); 1059 InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc); 1060 InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1061 ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1062 if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr; 1063 return ER.get(); 1064 } 1065 return This; 1066 } 1067 1068 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit, 1069 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt, 1070 const bool ByCopy) { 1071 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 1072 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 1073 return true; 1074 1075 assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value"); 1076 1077 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 1078 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 1079 1080 // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this') 1081 // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at 1082 // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack. 1083 1084 // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a 1085 // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation: 1086 // [*this] { ... }. 1087 // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference 1088 // capture. 1089 1090 // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes 1091 // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if: 1092 // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object* 1093 // - or, 'L' has an implicit capture. 1094 // AND 1095 // -- there is no enclosing closure 1096 // -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the 1097 // *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E' 1098 // and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*. 1099 // -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the 1100 // *enclosing object* 1101 1102 1103 unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0; 1104 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 1105 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 1106 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 1107 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 1108 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 1109 break; 1110 } 1111 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 1112 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 1113 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1114 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1115 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1116 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1117 return true; 1118 } 1119 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 1120 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 1121 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 1122 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 1123 (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) { 1124 // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first 1125 // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures, 1126 // if any, must perform implicit captures. 1127 1128 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 1129 NumCapturingClosures++; 1130 continue; 1131 } 1132 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1133 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1134 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1135 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1136 return true; 1137 } 1138 break; 1139 } 1140 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 1141 1142 // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the 1143 // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it 1144 // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures). 1145 1146 // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting 1147 // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for 1148 // all enclosing closure's upto NumCapturingClosures (since they must be 1149 // implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop 1150 // above)). 1151 assert((!ByCopy || 1152 dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && 1153 "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " 1154 "*this) by copy"); 1155 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 1156 // contexts. 1157 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1158 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures; 1159 --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) { 1160 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 1161 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 1162 1163 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) { 1164 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression, 1165 // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first 1166 // iteration. 1167 ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc, 1168 ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1169 1170 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 1171 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 1172 ThisExpr = 1173 captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc, 1174 false/*ByCopy*/); 1175 1176 bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1; 1177 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy); 1178 } 1179 return false; 1180 } 1181 1182 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 1183 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 1184 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 1185 /// which the function is called. 1186 1187 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1188 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 1189 1190 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 1191 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 1192 } 1193 1194 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 1195 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 1196 // type for 'this'. 1197 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 1198 return false; 1199 1200 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 1201 // defined. 1202 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 1203 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 1204 } 1205 1206 ExprResult 1207 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 1208 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1209 MultiExprArg exprs, 1210 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1211 if (!TypeRep) 1212 return ExprError(); 1213 1214 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 1215 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 1216 if (!TInfo) 1217 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 1218 1219 auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1220 // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos. 1221 // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without 1222 // checking for embedded typos. 1223 if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() && 1224 !Result.get()->isTypeDependent()) 1225 Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get()); 1226 return Result; 1227 } 1228 1229 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1230 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1231 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1232 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1233 ExprResult 1234 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1235 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1236 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1237 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1238 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1239 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1240 1241 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1242 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1243 RParenLoc); 1244 } 1245 1246 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1247 assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) 1248 && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1249 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1250 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1251 1252 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1253 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1254 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1255 // corresponding cast expression. 1256 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1257 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1258 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1259 } 1260 1261 // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a 1262 // simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete 1263 // object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue 1264 // of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing 1265 // an object of type T. 1266 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1267 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1268 if (!ListInitialization) 1269 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1270 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1271 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1272 } 1273 1274 if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType()) 1275 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type) 1276 << FullRange); 1277 1278 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1279 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1280 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1281 return ExprError(); 1282 1283 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty, 1284 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1285 return ExprError(); 1286 1287 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1288 InitializationKind Kind = 1289 Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization 1290 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1291 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc) 1292 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1293 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1294 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1295 1296 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1297 return Result; 1298 1299 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1300 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1301 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1302 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1303 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1304 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1305 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1306 // 1307 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1308 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1309 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1310 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1311 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1312 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1313 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo, 1314 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1315 } 1316 1317 return Result; 1318 } 1319 1320 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual 1321 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter. 1322 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1323 QualType allocType) { 1324 const RecordType *record = 1325 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1326 if (!record) return false; 1327 1328 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1329 1330 DeclarationName deleteName = 1331 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1332 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1333 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1334 1335 // We're just doing this for information. 1336 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1337 1338 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1339 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1340 1341 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1342 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1343 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1344 1345 LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter(); 1346 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1347 NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1348 1349 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1350 // A template instance is never a usual deallocation function, 1351 // regardless of its signature. 1352 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) { 1353 filter.erase(); 1354 continue; 1355 } 1356 1357 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1358 // If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one 1359 // parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function 1360 // named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the 1361 // second of which has type std::size_t, then this function 1362 // is a usual deallocation function. 1363 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) { 1364 filter.erase(); 1365 continue; 1366 } 1367 } 1368 filter.done(); 1369 1370 if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false; 1371 1372 const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl()); 1373 return (del->getNumParams() == 2); 1374 } 1375 1376 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1377 /// 1378 /// E.g.: 1379 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1380 /// or 1381 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1382 /// 1383 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1384 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1385 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1386 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1387 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1388 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1389 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1390 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1391 /// if there is none. 1392 ExprResult 1393 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1394 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1395 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1396 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1397 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType(); 1398 1399 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1400 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1401 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1402 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1403 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1404 if (TypeContainsAuto) 1405 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1406 << D.getSourceRange()); 1407 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1408 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1409 << D.getSourceRange()); 1410 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1411 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1412 << D.getSourceRange()); 1413 1414 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1415 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1416 } 1417 1418 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1419 if (ArraySize) { 1420 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1421 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1422 break; 1423 1424 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1425 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1426 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1427 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1428 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1429 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1430 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1431 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1432 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1433 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1434 Array.NumElts 1435 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1436 CCEK_NewExpr) 1437 .get(); 1438 } else { 1439 Array.NumElts 1440 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1441 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1442 .get(); 1443 } 1444 if (!Array.NumElts) 1445 return ExprError(); 1446 } 1447 } 1448 } 1449 } 1450 1451 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1452 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1453 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1454 return ExprError(); 1455 1456 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1457 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) 1458 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1459 1460 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1461 PlacementLParen, 1462 PlacementArgs, 1463 PlacementRParen, 1464 TypeIdParens, 1465 AllocType, 1466 TInfo, 1467 ArraySize, 1468 DirectInitRange, 1469 Initializer, 1470 TypeContainsAuto); 1471 } 1472 1473 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1474 Expr *Init) { 1475 if (!Init) 1476 return true; 1477 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1478 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1479 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1480 return true; 1481 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1482 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1483 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1484 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1485 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1486 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1487 return true; 1488 } 1489 return false; 1490 } 1491 1492 ExprResult 1493 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1494 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1495 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1496 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1497 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1498 QualType AllocType, 1499 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1500 Expr *ArraySize, 1501 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1502 Expr *Initializer, 1503 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 1504 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1505 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1506 1507 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1508 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1509 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1510 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1511 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1512 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1513 else { 1514 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1515 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1516 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1517 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1518 } 1519 1520 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1521 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1522 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1523 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1524 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1525 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1526 } 1527 1528 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1529 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) { 1530 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1531 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1532 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1533 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1534 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1535 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1536 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1537 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1538 if (NumInits > 1) { 1539 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1540 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1541 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1542 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1543 } 1544 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1545 QualType DeducedType; 1546 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1547 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1548 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1549 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1550 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1551 return ExprError(); 1552 AllocType = DeducedType; 1553 } 1554 1555 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1556 // typedef of an array type. 1557 if (!ArraySize) { 1558 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1559 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1560 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1561 Context.getSizeType(), 1562 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1563 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1564 } 1565 } 1566 1567 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1568 return ExprError(); 1569 1570 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1571 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1572 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1573 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1574 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1575 } 1576 1577 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1578 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1579 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1580 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1581 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1582 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1583 } 1584 1585 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1586 1587 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1588 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1589 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1590 ArraySize = result.get(); 1591 } 1592 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1593 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1594 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1595 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1596 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1597 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1598 // std::size_t. 1599 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1600 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1601 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1602 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1603 1604 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1605 AA_Converting); 1606 1607 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1608 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1609 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1610 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1611 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1612 } else { 1613 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1614 protected: 1615 Expr *ArraySize; 1616 1617 public: 1618 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1619 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1620 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1621 1622 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1623 QualType T) override { 1624 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1625 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1626 } 1627 1628 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1629 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1630 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1631 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1632 } 1633 1634 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1635 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1636 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1637 } 1638 1639 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1640 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1641 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1642 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1643 } 1644 1645 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1646 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1647 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1648 } 1649 1650 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1651 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1652 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1653 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1654 } 1655 1656 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1657 QualType T, 1658 QualType ConvTy) override { 1659 return S.Diag(Loc, 1660 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1661 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1662 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1663 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1664 } 1665 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1666 1667 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1668 SizeDiagnoser); 1669 } 1670 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1671 return ExprError(); 1672 1673 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1674 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1675 1676 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1677 return ExprError(); 1678 1679 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1680 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1681 // with a non-negative value. 1682 // 1683 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of 1684 // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized 1685 // array type. 1686 // 1687 // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws 1688 // std::bad_array_new_length. 1689 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1690 llvm::APSInt Value; 1691 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1692 // unscoped enumeration type. 1693 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1694 if (Value < llvm::APSInt( 1695 llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()), 1696 Value.isUnsigned())) { 1697 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1698 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1699 diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size) 1700 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1701 else 1702 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1703 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1704 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1705 } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1706 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1707 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1708 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 1709 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1710 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1711 diag::warn_array_new_too_large) 1712 << Value.toString(10) 1713 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1714 else 1715 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1716 diag::err_array_too_large) 1717 << Value.toString(10) 1718 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1719 } 1720 } 1721 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1722 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1723 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1724 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1725 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1726 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1727 1728 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1729 } 1730 } 1731 1732 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1733 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1734 } 1735 1736 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1737 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1738 1739 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1740 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1741 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1742 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1743 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs, 1744 OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1745 return ExprError(); 1746 1747 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1748 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1749 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1750 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1751 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize 1752 = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1753 1754 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1755 if (OperatorNew) { 1756 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1757 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1758 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1759 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1760 1761 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1762 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1763 // argument. 1764 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1, 1765 PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1766 return ExprError(); 1767 1768 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1769 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1770 1771 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1772 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1773 1774 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1775 } 1776 1777 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator 1778 // new. 1779 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew && 1780 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1781 (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() && 1782 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) { 1783 if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){ 1784 unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign(); 1785 if (Align > SuitableAlign) 1786 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1787 << AllocType 1788 << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth()) 1789 << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth()); 1790 } 1791 } 1792 1793 QualType InitType = AllocType; 1794 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1795 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1796 // dialect distinction. 1797 if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) { 1798 if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1799 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1800 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1801 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1802 return ExprError(); 1803 } 1804 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1805 // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type 1806 // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check 1807 // default-initialization). 1808 unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1; 1809 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType, 1810 llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements), 1811 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1812 } 1813 } 1814 1815 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1816 // do it now. 1817 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1818 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1819 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1820 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1821 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1822 // object as follows: 1823 InitializationKind Kind 1824 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1825 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1826 // the object has indeterminate value 1827 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1828 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1829 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1830 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1831 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1832 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1833 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1834 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1835 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1836 1837 InitializedEntity Entity 1838 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1839 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1840 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1841 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1842 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1843 return ExprError(); 1844 1845 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1846 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1847 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1848 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1849 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1850 1851 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1852 } 1853 1854 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1855 if (OperatorNew) { 1856 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1857 return ExprError(); 1858 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1859 } 1860 if (OperatorDelete) { 1861 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 1862 return ExprError(); 1863 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 1864 } 1865 1866 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 1867 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 1868 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 1869 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1870 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 1871 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1872 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 1873 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 1874 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 1875 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 1876 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 1877 << BaseAllocType); 1878 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 1879 return ExprError(); 1880 } 1881 } 1882 } 1883 1884 return new (Context) 1885 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, 1886 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 1887 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 1888 Range, DirectInitRange); 1889 } 1890 1891 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 1892 /// in a new-expression. 1893 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 1894 SourceRange R) { 1895 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 1896 // abstract class type or array thereof. 1897 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 1898 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1899 << AllocType << 0 << R; 1900 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 1901 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1902 << AllocType << 1 << R; 1903 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1904 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 1905 return true; 1906 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 1907 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1908 return true; 1909 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 1910 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 1911 << AllocType; 1912 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 1913 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 1914 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 1915 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 1916 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 1917 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 1918 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1919 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 1920 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 1921 << BaseAllocType; 1922 } 1923 } 1924 1925 return false; 1926 } 1927 1928 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1929 /// deallocation function. 1930 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1931 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1932 return false; 1933 1934 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1935 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1936 1937 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1938 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1939 return false; 1940 1941 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1) 1942 return true; 1943 1944 return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 && 1945 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(), 1946 S.Context.getSizeType()); 1947 } 1948 1949 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 1950 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 1951 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1952 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 1953 bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 1954 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 1955 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 1956 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 1957 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 1958 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 1959 // in the scope of the allocated class. 1960 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 1961 // operator new. 1962 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 1963 // placement form. 1964 1965 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size()); 1966 // We don't care about the actual value of this argument. 1967 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 1968 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 1969 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 1970 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 1971 Context.getSizeType(), 1972 SourceLocation()); 1973 AllocArgs[0] = &Size; 1974 std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1); 1975 1976 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 1977 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 1978 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 1979 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 1980 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 1981 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 1982 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1983 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 1984 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1985 IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 1986 1987 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1988 1989 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1990 CXXRecordDecl *Record 1991 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1992 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record, 1993 /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew)) 1994 return true; 1995 } 1996 1997 if (!OperatorNew) { 1998 // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one. 1999 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2000 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2001 bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat; 2002 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 2003 /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew, 2004 /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) { 2005 if (!FallbackEnabled) 2006 return true; 2007 2008 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 2009 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 2010 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 2011 // will not replicate that bug. 2012 NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New); 2013 DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 2014 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 2015 /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew)) 2016 return true; 2017 } 2018 } 2019 2020 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under 2021 // -fno-exceptions. 2022 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 2023 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2024 return false; 2025 } 2026 2027 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 2028 // 2029 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 2030 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 2031 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 2032 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 2033 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 2034 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 2035 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 2036 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2037 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 2038 CXXRecordDecl *RD 2039 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2040 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 2041 } 2042 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 2043 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 2044 2045 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 2046 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2047 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2048 } 2049 2050 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 2051 2052 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 2053 2054 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 2055 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 2056 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 2057 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 2058 // A *a = new A() 2059 bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1); 2060 2061 if (isPlacementNew) { 2062 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2063 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 2064 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 2065 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 2066 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 2067 // identical. [...] 2068 // 2069 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 2070 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 2071 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 2072 // 2073 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like. 2074 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 2075 { 2076 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 2077 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2078 2079 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 2080 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 2081 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 2082 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 2083 2084 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2085 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 2086 2087 ExpectedFunctionType 2088 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 2089 } 2090 2091 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2092 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2093 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2094 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 2095 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl 2096 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 2097 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 2098 // expected function type. 2099 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 2100 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 2101 Info)) 2102 continue; 2103 } else 2104 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2105 2106 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType)) 2107 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2108 } 2109 } else { 2110 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2111 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 2112 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 2113 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2114 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2115 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2116 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) 2117 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 2118 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2119 } 2120 2121 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 2122 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 2123 // function lookup is used 2124 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 2125 // If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation 2126 // function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation 2127 // function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the 2128 // selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters. 2129 // Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function 2130 // with one parameter. 2131 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 2132 if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1) 2133 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 2134 else 2135 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 2136 assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 && 2137 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 2138 } 2139 } 2140 2141 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2142 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 2143 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 2144 // deallocation function will be called. 2145 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2146 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 2147 2148 // C++0x [expr.new]p20: 2149 // If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual 2150 // deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered 2151 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 2152 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 2153 // is ill-formed. 2154 if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 2155 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 2156 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) 2157 << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 2158 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 2159 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 2160 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 2161 << DeleteName; 2162 } else { 2163 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 2164 Matches[0].first); 2165 } 2166 } 2167 2168 return false; 2169 } 2170 2171 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function 2172 /// in the specified scope. 2173 /// 2174 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token. 2175 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments. 2176 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]'). 2177 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified. 2178 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the 2179 /// translation unit. 2180 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any 2181 /// allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p 2182 /// Operator. 2183 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if 2184 /// no allocation function was found. 2185 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not 2186 /// usable. 2187 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 2188 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 2189 DeclContext *Ctx, 2190 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 2191 bool Diagnose) { 2192 LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2193 LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx); 2194 if (R.empty()) { 2195 if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose) 2196 return false; 2197 return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2198 << Name << Range; 2199 } 2200 2201 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 2202 return true; 2203 2204 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 2205 2206 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 2207 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2208 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2209 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 2210 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 2211 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2212 2213 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 2214 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 2215 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, 2216 Args, Candidates, 2217 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2218 continue; 2219 } 2220 2221 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 2222 AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 2223 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2224 } 2225 2226 // Do the resolution. 2227 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 2228 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) { 2229 case OR_Success: { 2230 // Got one! 2231 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 2232 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), 2233 Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2234 return true; 2235 2236 Operator = FnDecl; 2237 return false; 2238 } 2239 2240 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2241 if (Diagnose) { 2242 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2243 << Name << Range; 2244 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2245 } 2246 return true; 2247 2248 case OR_Ambiguous: 2249 if (Diagnose) { 2250 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2251 << Name << Range; 2252 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2253 } 2254 return true; 2255 2256 case OR_Deleted: { 2257 if (Diagnose) { 2258 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2259 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2260 << Name 2261 << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2262 << Range; 2263 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2264 } 2265 return true; 2266 } 2267 } 2268 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2269 } 2270 2271 2272 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2273 /// delete. These are: 2274 /// @code 2275 /// // C++03: 2276 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2277 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2278 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2279 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2280 /// // C++11: 2281 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2282 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2283 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2284 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2285 /// // C++1y: 2286 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2287 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2288 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2289 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2290 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2291 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2292 /// @endcode 2293 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2294 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2295 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2296 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2297 return; 2298 2299 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2300 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2301 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2302 // program 2303 // 2304 // C++03: 2305 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2306 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2307 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2308 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2309 // C++11: 2310 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2311 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2312 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2313 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2314 // C++1y: 2315 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2316 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2317 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2318 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2319 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2320 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2321 // 2322 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2323 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2324 // 2325 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2326 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2327 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2328 // lookup. 2329 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2330 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2331 // implicitly. 2332 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2333 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2334 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2335 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2336 nullptr); 2337 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2338 } 2339 2340 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2341 2342 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2343 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2344 2345 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2346 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New), 2347 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType()); 2348 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2349 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New), 2350 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType()); 2351 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2352 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2353 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2354 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2355 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2356 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2357 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) { 2358 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2359 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2360 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2361 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2362 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2363 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2364 } 2365 } 2366 2367 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2368 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2369 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2370 QualType Return, 2371 QualType Param1, QualType Param2) { 2372 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2373 unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2; 2374 2375 // Check if this function is already declared. 2376 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2377 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2378 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2379 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2380 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2381 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2382 if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) { 2383 QualType InitialParam1Type = 2384 Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0) 2385 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); 2386 QualType InitialParam2Type = 2387 NumParams == 2 2388 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1) 2389 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) 2390 : QualType(); 2391 // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here? 2392 if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 && 2393 (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) { 2394 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2395 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2396 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2397 Func->setHidden(false); 2398 return; 2399 } 2400 } 2401 } 2402 } 2403 2404 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2405 2406 QualType BadAllocType; 2407 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2408 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2409 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2410 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2411 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2412 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2413 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2414 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2415 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2416 } 2417 } else { 2418 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2419 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2420 } 2421 2422 QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 }; 2423 2424 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType( 2425 Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI); 2426 FunctionDecl *Alloc = 2427 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), 2428 SourceLocation(), Name, 2429 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2430 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2431 2432 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2433 Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 2434 VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2435 2436 ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2]; 2437 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { 2438 ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), 2439 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2440 Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2441 SC_None, nullptr); 2442 ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit(); 2443 } 2444 Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams)); 2445 2446 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2447 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2448 } 2449 2450 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2451 bool CanProvideSize, 2452 DeclarationName Name) { 2453 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2454 2455 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2456 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2457 2458 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2459 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 2460 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 2461 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches; 2462 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2463 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2464 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2465 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D)) 2466 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 2467 Matches.push_back(Fn); 2468 } 2469 2470 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 2471 // If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a 2472 // usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual 2473 // deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size 2474 // parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one 2475 // with two parameters. Otherwise, the selected deallocation function 2476 // shall be the function with one parameter. 2477 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 2478 unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1; 2479 if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs) 2480 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 2481 else 2482 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 2483 assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs && 2484 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 2485 } 2486 2487 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 2488 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2489 2490 assert(Matches.size() == 1 && 2491 "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions"); 2492 return Matches.front(); 2493 } 2494 2495 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2496 DeclarationName Name, 2497 FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2498 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2499 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2500 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2501 2502 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2503 return true; 2504 2505 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2506 2507 SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches; 2508 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2509 F != FEnd; ++F) { 2510 NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2511 2512 // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual 2513 // deallocation function. 2514 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 2515 continue; 2516 2517 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) 2518 Matches.push_back(F.getPair()); 2519 } 2520 2521 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 2522 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2523 2524 // There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it. 2525 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2526 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2527 2528 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2529 if (Diagnose) { 2530 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2531 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2532 } 2533 return true; 2534 } 2535 2536 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2537 Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2538 return true; 2539 2540 return false; 2541 2542 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2543 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2544 if (Diagnose) { 2545 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2546 << Name << RD; 2547 2548 for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator 2549 F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F) 2550 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2551 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2552 } 2553 return true; 2554 } 2555 2556 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2557 // none of them were suitable. 2558 if (!Found.empty()) { 2559 if (Diagnose) { 2560 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2561 << Name << RD; 2562 2563 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2564 F != FEnd; ++F) 2565 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2566 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2567 } 2568 return true; 2569 } 2570 2571 Operator = nullptr; 2572 return false; 2573 } 2574 2575 namespace { 2576 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2577 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2578 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2579 public: 2580 enum MismatchResult { 2581 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2582 NoMismatch, 2583 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2584 VarInitMismatches, 2585 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2586 MemberInitMismatches, 2587 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2588 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2589 AnalyzeLater 2590 }; 2591 2592 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2593 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2594 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2595 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2596 : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2597 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2598 2599 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2600 /// matching form of new-expression. 2601 /// 2602 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2603 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2604 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2605 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2606 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2607 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2608 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2609 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2610 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2611 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2612 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2613 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2614 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2615 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2616 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2617 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2618 bool IsArrayForm; 2619 FieldDecl *Field; 2620 2621 private: 2622 const bool EndOfTU; 2623 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2624 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2625 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2626 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2627 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2628 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2629 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2630 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2631 /// 2632 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2633 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2634 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2635 /// \c NoMismatch. 2636 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2637 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2638 /// \c new. 2639 /// 2640 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2641 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2642 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2643 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2644 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2645 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2646 /// form of \c new. 2647 /// 2648 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2649 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2650 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2651 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2652 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2653 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2654 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2655 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2656 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2657 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2658 /// in-class initializer. 2659 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2660 }; 2661 } 2662 2663 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2664 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2665 NewExprs.clear(); 2666 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2667 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2668 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2669 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2670 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2671 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2672 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2673 return VarInitMismatches; 2674 } 2675 return NoMismatch; 2676 } 2677 2678 const CXXNewExpr * 2679 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2680 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2681 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2682 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2683 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2684 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2685 } 2686 2687 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2688 } 2689 2690 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2691 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2692 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2693 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2694 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2695 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2696 return true; 2697 else 2698 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2699 } 2700 return false; 2701 } 2702 2703 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2704 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2705 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2706 return false; 2707 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2708 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2709 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2710 return EndOfTU; 2711 } 2712 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2713 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2714 return true; 2715 } 2716 return false; 2717 } 2718 2719 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2720 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2721 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2722 const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer(); 2723 if (!InitExpr) 2724 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2725 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) { 2726 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2727 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2728 return MemberInitMismatches; 2729 } 2730 } 2731 return NoMismatch; 2732 } 2733 2734 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2735 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2736 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2737 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2738 this->Field = Field; 2739 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2740 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2741 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2742 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2743 return NoMismatch; 2744 } 2745 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2746 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2747 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2748 return MemberInitMismatches; 2749 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2750 : NoMismatch; 2751 } 2752 2753 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2754 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2755 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2756 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2757 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2758 return NoMismatch; 2759 } 2760 2761 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2762 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2763 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2764 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2765 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2766 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2767 } 2768 } 2769 return NewExprs.empty(); 2770 } 2771 2772 static void 2773 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2774 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2775 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2776 FixItHint H; 2777 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2778 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2779 else { 2780 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2781 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2782 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2783 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2784 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2785 } 2786 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2787 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2788 2789 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2790 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2791 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2792 } 2793 2794 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2795 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2796 return; 2797 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2798 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2799 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2800 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2801 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 2802 break; 2803 } 2804 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 2805 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 2806 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 2807 break; 2808 } 2809 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2810 break; 2811 } 2812 } 2813 2814 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2815 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2816 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 2817 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 2818 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2819 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 2820 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 2821 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 2822 "translation unit."); 2823 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 2824 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 2825 break; 2826 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2827 break; 2828 } 2829 } 2830 2831 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 2832 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 2833 /// or 2834 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 2835 ExprResult 2836 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 2837 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 2838 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 2839 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 2840 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 2841 // void. 2842 // 2843 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 2844 2845 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 2846 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2847 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 2848 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 2849 2850 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 2851 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 2852 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 2853 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2854 return ExprError(); 2855 2856 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2857 2858 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2859 public: 2860 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 2861 2862 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 2863 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 2864 // the operator T*. 2865 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2866 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 2867 return true; 2868 return false; 2869 } 2870 2871 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2872 QualType T) override { 2873 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 2874 } 2875 2876 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2877 QualType T) override { 2878 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 2879 } 2880 2881 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2882 QualType T, 2883 QualType ConvTy) override { 2884 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 2885 } 2886 2887 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2888 QualType ConvTy) override { 2889 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2890 << ConvTy; 2891 } 2892 2893 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2894 QualType T) override { 2895 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 2896 } 2897 2898 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2899 QualType ConvTy) override { 2900 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2901 << ConvTy; 2902 } 2903 2904 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2905 QualType T, 2906 QualType ConvTy) override { 2907 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 2908 } 2909 } Converter; 2910 2911 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 2912 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2913 return ExprError(); 2914 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2915 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 2916 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 2917 // itself in this case. 2918 return ExprError(); 2919 2920 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2921 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 2922 2923 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 2924 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 2925 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 2926 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2927 2928 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 2929 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 2930 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 2931 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 2932 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 2933 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 2934 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 2935 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 2936 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 2937 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 2938 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 2939 // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a 2940 // module but is hidden. 2941 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 2942 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 2943 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 2944 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 2945 } 2946 } 2947 2948 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 2949 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 2950 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 2951 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 2952 ArrayForm = true; 2953 } 2954 2955 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2956 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 2957 2958 if (PointeeRD) { 2959 if (!UseGlobal && 2960 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 2961 OperatorDelete)) 2962 return ExprError(); 2963 2964 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 2965 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 2966 if (ArrayForm) { 2967 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 2968 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 2969 if (UseGlobal) 2970 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 2971 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 2972 2973 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 2974 // function we just found. 2975 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 2976 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2); 2977 } 2978 2979 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 2980 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2981 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 2982 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 2983 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 2984 return ExprError(); 2985 } 2986 2987 CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc, 2988 /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true, 2989 /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm, 2990 SourceLocation()); 2991 } 2992 2993 if (!OperatorDelete) 2994 // Look for a global declaration. 2995 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2996 StartLoc, isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee) && 2997 (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 2998 Pointee.isDestructedType()), 2999 DeleteName); 3000 3001 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 3002 3003 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 3004 if (PointeeRD) { 3005 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 3006 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 3007 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 3008 } 3009 } 3010 } 3011 3012 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 3013 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 3014 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 3015 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 3016 return Result; 3017 } 3018 3019 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, 3020 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, 3021 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, 3022 SourceLocation DtorLoc) { 3023 if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual) 3024 return; 3025 3026 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 3027 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 3028 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 3029 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 3030 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 3031 // behavior is undefined. 3032 // 3033 const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent(); 3034 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 3035 if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) 3036 return; 3037 3038 QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType(); 3039 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 3040 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 3041 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 3042 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3043 << ClassType; 3044 } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) { 3045 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 3046 // but not necessarily wrong. 3047 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3048 << ClassType; 3049 } 3050 if (!IsDelete) { 3051 std::string TypeStr; 3052 ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy()); 3053 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual) 3054 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::"); 3055 } 3056 } 3057 3058 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, 3059 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3060 ConditionKind CK) { 3061 ExprResult E = 3062 CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK); 3063 if (E.isInvalid()) 3064 return ConditionError(); 3065 return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc), 3066 CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf); 3067 } 3068 3069 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 3070 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 3071 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3072 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3073 ConditionKind CK) { 3074 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 3075 return ExprError(); 3076 3077 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 3078 3079 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 3080 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 3081 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3082 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3083 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 3084 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3085 else if (T->isArrayType()) 3086 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3087 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 3088 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3089 3090 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 3091 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 3092 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3093 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 3094 3095 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 3096 3097 switch (CK) { 3098 case ConditionKind::Boolean: 3099 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3100 3101 case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf: 3102 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true); 3103 3104 case ConditionKind::Switch: 3105 return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3106 } 3107 3108 llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind"); 3109 } 3110 3111 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 3112 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) { 3113 // C++ 6.4p4: 3114 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 3115 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 3116 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 3117 // program is ill-formed. 3118 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 3119 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 3120 // 3121 // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it. 3122 llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1); 3123 return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent()) 3124 ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value, 3125 CCEK_ConstexprIf) 3126 : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 3127 } 3128 3129 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 3130 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 3131 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 3132 /// respectively). 3133 bool 3134 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 3135 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 3136 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 3137 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 3138 3139 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 3140 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 3141 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 3142 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 3143 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 3144 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3145 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 3146 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3147 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 3148 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 3149 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 3150 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 3151 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 3152 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 3153 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 3154 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 3155 break; 3156 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 3157 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 3158 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 3159 case StringLiteral::Wide: 3160 return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(), 3161 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0)); 3162 } 3163 } 3164 } 3165 3166 return false; 3167 } 3168 3169 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 3170 SourceLocation CastLoc, 3171 QualType Ty, 3172 CastKind Kind, 3173 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 3174 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 3175 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3176 Expr *From) { 3177 switch (Kind) { 3178 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 3179 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 3180 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 3181 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3182 3183 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 3184 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 3185 return ExprError(); 3186 3187 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 3188 return ExprError(); 3189 3190 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl, 3191 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty)); 3192 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3193 return ExprError(); 3194 3195 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3196 CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 3197 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 3198 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3199 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3200 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3201 return ExprError(); 3202 3203 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 3204 } 3205 3206 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 3207 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 3208 3209 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 3210 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3211 return ExprError(); 3212 3213 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 3214 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 3215 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 3216 HadMultipleCandidates); 3217 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3218 return ExprError(); 3219 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 3220 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 3221 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 3222 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 3223 3224 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 3225 } 3226 } 3227 } 3228 3229 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3230 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 3231 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 3232 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 3233 /// used in the error message. 3234 ExprResult 3235 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3236 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 3237 AssignmentAction Action, 3238 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3239 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 3240 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 3241 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 3242 Action, CCK); 3243 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3244 return ExprError(); 3245 From = Res.get(); 3246 break; 3247 } 3248 3249 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 3250 3251 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 3252 CastKind CastKind; 3253 QualType BeforeToType; 3254 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 3255 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 3256 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 3257 3258 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 3259 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3260 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 3261 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 3262 } else { 3263 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 3264 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 3265 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 3266 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3267 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 3268 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3269 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 3270 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 3271 } 3272 } 3273 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 3274 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3275 ExprResult Res = 3276 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3277 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3278 CCK); 3279 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3280 return ExprError(); 3281 From = Res.get(); 3282 } 3283 3284 ExprResult CastArg 3285 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3286 From->getLocStart(), 3287 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3288 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3289 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3290 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3291 From); 3292 3293 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3294 return ExprError(); 3295 3296 From = CastArg.get(); 3297 3298 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3299 AA_Converting, CCK); 3300 } 3301 3302 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3303 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3304 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3305 << From->getSourceRange()); 3306 return ExprError(); 3307 3308 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3309 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3310 3311 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3312 return ExprError(); 3313 } 3314 3315 // Everything went well. 3316 return From; 3317 } 3318 3319 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3320 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3321 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3322 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3323 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3324 ExprResult 3325 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3326 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3327 AssignmentAction Action, 3328 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3329 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3330 3331 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3332 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3333 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3334 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3335 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3336 3337 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3338 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3339 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3340 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3341 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3342 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3343 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3344 ConstructorArgs)) 3345 return ExprError(); 3346 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3347 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3348 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3349 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3350 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3351 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3352 } 3353 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3354 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3355 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3356 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3357 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3358 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3359 } 3360 3361 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3362 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3363 DeclAccessPair Found; 3364 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3365 true, Found); 3366 if (!Fn) 3367 return ExprError(); 3368 3369 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3370 return ExprError(); 3371 3372 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3373 FromType = From->getType(); 3374 } 3375 3376 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3377 // non-atomic type. 3378 QualType ToAtomicType; 3379 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3380 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3381 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3382 } 3383 3384 QualType InitialFromType = FromType; 3385 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3386 switch (SCS.First) { 3387 case ICK_Identity: 3388 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3389 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3390 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3391 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3392 } 3393 break; 3394 3395 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3396 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3397 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3398 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3399 From = FromRes.get(); 3400 FromType = From->getType(); 3401 break; 3402 } 3403 3404 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3405 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3406 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3407 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3408 break; 3409 3410 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3411 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3412 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3413 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3414 break; 3415 3416 default: 3417 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3418 } 3419 3420 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3421 switch (SCS.Second) { 3422 case ICK_Identity: 3423 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3424 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3425 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3426 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3427 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3428 switch (Action) { 3429 case AA_Assigning: 3430 case AA_Initializing: 3431 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3432 case AA_Passing: 3433 case AA_Returning: 3434 case AA_Sending: 3435 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3436 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3437 return ExprError(); 3438 break; 3439 3440 case AA_Casting: 3441 case AA_Converting: 3442 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3443 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3444 break; 3445 } 3446 // Nothing else to do. 3447 break; 3448 3449 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment: 3450 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3451 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3452 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3453 return ExprError(); 3454 3455 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3456 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3457 break; 3458 3459 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3460 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3461 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3462 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3463 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3464 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3465 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3466 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3467 } else { 3468 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3469 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3470 } 3471 break; 3472 3473 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3474 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3475 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3476 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3477 break; 3478 3479 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3480 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3481 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3482 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3483 CastKind CK; 3484 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3485 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3486 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3487 else 3488 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3489 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3490 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3491 } else { 3492 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3493 } 3494 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3495 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3496 break; 3497 } 3498 3499 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3500 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3501 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3502 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3503 else 3504 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3505 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3506 break; 3507 3508 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3509 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3510 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3511 break; 3512 3513 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3514 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3515 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3516 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3517 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3518 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3519 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3520 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3521 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3522 else 3523 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3524 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3525 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3526 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3527 3528 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3529 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3530 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3531 } 3532 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3533 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3534 From->getType())) { 3535 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3536 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3537 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3538 else 3539 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3540 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3541 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3542 << From->getSourceRange(); 3543 } 3544 3545 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3546 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3547 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3548 return ExprError(); 3549 3550 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3551 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3552 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3553 ExprResult E = From; 3554 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3555 From = E.get(); 3556 } 3557 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3558 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3559 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3560 .get(); 3561 break; 3562 } 3563 3564 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3565 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3566 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3567 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3568 return ExprError(); 3569 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3570 return ExprError(); 3571 3572 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3573 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3574 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3575 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType()); 3576 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType); 3577 } 3578 3579 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3580 .get(); 3581 break; 3582 } 3583 3584 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3585 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3586 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3587 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3588 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3589 } 3590 3591 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3592 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3593 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3594 break; 3595 3596 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3597 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3598 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3599 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3600 From->getLocStart(), 3601 From->getSourceRange(), 3602 &BasePath, 3603 CStyle)) 3604 return ExprError(); 3605 3606 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3607 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3608 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3609 break; 3610 } 3611 3612 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3613 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3614 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3615 break; 3616 3617 case ICK_Vector_Splat: { 3618 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3619 Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get(); 3620 From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue, 3621 /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3622 break; 3623 } 3624 3625 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3626 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3627 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3628 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3629 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3630 3631 // x -> y 3632 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3633 // do nothing 3634 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3635 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3636 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3637 } else { 3638 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3639 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3640 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3641 } 3642 // y -> _Complex y 3643 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3644 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3645 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3646 3647 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3648 } else { 3649 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3650 assert(FromComplex); 3651 3652 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3653 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3654 3655 // _Complex x -> x 3656 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3657 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3658 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3659 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3660 3661 // x -> y 3662 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3663 // do nothing 3664 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3665 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3666 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3667 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3668 } else { 3669 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3670 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3671 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3672 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3673 } 3674 } 3675 break; 3676 3677 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3678 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3679 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3680 break; 3681 } 3682 3683 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3684 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3685 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3686 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3687 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3688 return ExprError(); 3689 From = FromRes.get(); 3690 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3691 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3692 (void)ConvTy; 3693 break; 3694 } 3695 3696 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3697 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3698 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3699 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3700 break; 3701 3702 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3703 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3704 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3705 case ICK_Qualification: 3706 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3707 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: 3708 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3709 } 3710 3711 switch (SCS.Third) { 3712 case ICK_Identity: 3713 // Nothing to do. 3714 break; 3715 3716 case ICK_Qualification: { 3717 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3718 // target type isn't a reference. 3719 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3720 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3721 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3722 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3723 3724 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3725 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3726 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3727 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3728 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3729 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3730 } 3731 3732 break; 3733 } 3734 3735 default: 3736 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3737 } 3738 3739 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3740 // that conversion now. 3741 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3742 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3743 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3744 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3745 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3746 } 3747 3748 // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a 3749 // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain. 3750 if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion) 3751 diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType, 3752 From->getLocStart()); 3753 3754 return From; 3755 } 3756 3757 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3758 /// 3759 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3760 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3761 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3762 /// returns true. 3763 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3764 SourceLocation Loc, 3765 QualType ArgTy) { 3766 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3767 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3768 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3769 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3770 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3771 // must be a complete type. 3772 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3773 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3774 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3775 switch (UTT) { 3776 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3777 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3778 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3779 // Fall-through 3780 3781 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3782 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 3783 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 3784 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 3785 case UTT_IsVoid: 3786 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3787 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3788 case UTT_IsArray: 3789 case UTT_IsPointer: 3790 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3791 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3792 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3793 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3794 case UTT_IsEnum: 3795 case UTT_IsUnion: 3796 case UTT_IsClass: 3797 case UTT_IsFunction: 3798 case UTT_IsReference: 3799 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3800 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3801 case UTT_IsObject: 3802 case UTT_IsScalar: 3803 case UTT_IsCompound: 3804 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3805 // Fall-through 3806 3807 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 3808 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 3809 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 3810 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 3811 // Table 49. 3812 case UTT_IsConst: 3813 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3814 case UTT_IsSigned: 3815 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3816 3817 // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot. 3818 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3819 return true; 3820 3821 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3822 // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type. 3823 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3824 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3825 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3826 if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3827 if (!RD->isUnion()) 3828 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3829 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3830 return true; 3831 3832 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3833 // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type. 3834 case UTT_IsFinal: 3835 case UTT_IsSealed: 3836 if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3837 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3838 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3839 return true; 3840 3841 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 3842 // applied to a complete type. 3843 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3844 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3845 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3846 case UTT_IsPOD: 3847 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3848 3849 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3850 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3851 // Fall-through 3852 3853 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 3854 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 3855 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 3856 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 3857 // requiring the complete type. 3858 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3859 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3860 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 3861 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3862 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3863 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3864 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3865 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3866 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3867 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3868 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 3869 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 3870 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 3871 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3872 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 3873 3874 // The void type is expressly allowed. 3875 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 3876 return true; 3877 3878 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3879 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3880 } 3881 } 3882 3883 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 3884 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 3885 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 3886 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 3887 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 3888 { 3889 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3890 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 3891 return true; 3892 3893 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 3894 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 3895 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 3896 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 3897 bool FoundOperator = false; 3898 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 3899 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 3900 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 3901 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 3902 continue; 3903 3904 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 3905 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 3906 FoundOperator = true; 3907 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 3908 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3909 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3910 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 3911 return false; 3912 } 3913 } 3914 return FoundOperator; 3915 } 3916 return false; 3917 } 3918 3919 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 3920 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 3921 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 3922 3923 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 3924 switch(UTT) { 3925 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3926 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 3927 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 3928 case UTT_IsVoid: 3929 return T->isVoidType(); 3930 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3931 return T->isIntegralType(C); 3932 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3933 return T->isFloatingType(); 3934 case UTT_IsArray: 3935 return T->isArrayType(); 3936 case UTT_IsPointer: 3937 return T->isPointerType(); 3938 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3939 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 3940 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3941 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 3942 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3943 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 3944 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3945 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 3946 case UTT_IsEnum: 3947 return T->isEnumeralType(); 3948 case UTT_IsUnion: 3949 return T->isUnionType(); 3950 case UTT_IsClass: 3951 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 3952 case UTT_IsFunction: 3953 return T->isFunctionType(); 3954 3955 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 3956 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 3957 case UTT_IsReference: 3958 return T->isReferenceType(); 3959 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3960 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 3961 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3962 return T->isFundamentalType(); 3963 case UTT_IsObject: 3964 return T->isObjectType(); 3965 case UTT_IsScalar: 3966 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 3967 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 3968 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 3969 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 3970 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 3971 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 3972 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 3973 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 3974 return true; 3975 3976 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 3977 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 3978 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 3979 return false; 3980 } 3981 } 3982 3983 return T->isScalarType(); 3984 case UTT_IsCompound: 3985 return T->isCompoundType(); 3986 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3987 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 3988 3989 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 3990 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 3991 case UTT_IsConst: 3992 return T.isConstQualified(); 3993 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3994 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 3995 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3996 return T.isTrivialType(C); 3997 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3998 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 3999 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 4000 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 4001 case UTT_IsPOD: 4002 return T.isPODType(C); 4003 case UTT_IsLiteral: 4004 return T->isLiteralType(C); 4005 case UTT_IsEmpty: 4006 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4007 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 4008 return false; 4009 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 4010 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4011 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic(); 4012 return false; 4013 case UTT_IsAbstract: 4014 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4015 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract(); 4016 return false; 4017 // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and 4018 // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax 4019 // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot. 4020 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 4021 return false; 4022 case UTT_IsFinal: 4023 case UTT_IsSealed: 4024 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4025 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 4026 return false; 4027 case UTT_IsSigned: 4028 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 4029 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 4030 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4031 4032 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 4033 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 4034 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 4035 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 4036 // specifications. 4037 // 4038 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4039 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4040 // 4041 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 4042 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 4043 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 4044 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 4045 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 4046 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 4047 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 4048 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4049 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 4050 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 4051 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 4052 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4053 return true; 4054 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4055 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4056 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 4057 return false; 4058 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 4059 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4060 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4061 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 4062 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4063 return true; 4064 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4065 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 4066 return false; 4067 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 4068 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4069 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 4070 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 4071 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 4072 // is true, else it is false. 4073 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4074 return true; 4075 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4076 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4077 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 4078 return false; 4079 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 4080 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4081 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 4082 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 4083 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4084 return true; 4085 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4086 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 4087 return false; 4088 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 4089 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4090 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4091 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 4092 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 4093 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 4094 // true, else it is false. 4095 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 4096 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 4097 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 4098 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 4099 // [class.copy]p12). 4100 4101 if (T.isConstQualified()) 4102 return false; 4103 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4104 return true; 4105 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4106 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 4107 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 4108 return false; 4109 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4110 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4111 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4112 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 4113 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4114 return true; 4115 4116 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4117 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4118 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4119 return true; 4120 4121 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4122 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 4123 // false. 4124 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4125 return false; 4126 4127 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4128 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 4129 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 4130 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 4131 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4132 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 4133 if (!Destructor) 4134 return false; 4135 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 4136 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 4137 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 4138 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 4139 return false; 4140 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 4141 return false; 4142 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 4143 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4144 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4145 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4146 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4147 return false; 4148 } 4149 } 4150 return true; 4151 4152 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4153 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4154 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 4155 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 4156 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 4157 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 4158 // false. 4159 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4160 return true; 4161 4162 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4163 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4164 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4165 return true; 4166 4167 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4168 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 4169 return false; 4170 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 4171 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4172 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4173 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4174 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 4175 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 4176 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 4177 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4178 // false. 4179 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 4180 return false; 4181 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4182 return false; 4183 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4184 return true; 4185 4186 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 4187 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4188 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 4189 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 4190 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 4191 return false; 4192 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4193 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4194 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4195 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 4196 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4197 return true; 4198 4199 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 4200 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4201 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 4202 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 4203 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 4204 return false; 4205 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4206 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4207 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 4208 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 4209 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4210 // false. 4211 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4212 return true; 4213 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4214 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4215 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 4216 return true; 4217 4218 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4219 unsigned FoundTQs; 4220 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4221 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 4222 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 4223 // resolution point. 4224 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 4225 continue; 4226 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 4227 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 4228 FoundConstructor = true; 4229 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4230 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4231 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4232 if (!CPT) 4233 return false; 4234 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4235 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4236 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 4237 return false; 4238 } 4239 } 4240 4241 return FoundConstructor; 4242 } 4243 return false; 4244 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4245 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4246 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 4247 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 4248 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 4249 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 4250 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4251 return true; 4252 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4253 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4254 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 4255 return true; 4256 4257 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4258 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4259 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 4260 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 4261 continue; 4262 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 4263 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 4264 FoundConstructor = true; 4265 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4266 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4267 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4268 if (!CPT) 4269 return false; 4270 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4271 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4272 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 4273 return false; 4274 } 4275 } 4276 return FoundConstructor; 4277 } 4278 return false; 4279 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4280 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4281 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 4282 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 4283 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4284 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 4285 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 4286 return false; 4287 4288 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 4289 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 4290 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4291 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4292 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 4293 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4294 // function call. 4295 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4296 } 4297 } 4298 4299 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 4300 /// ARC mode. 4301 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 4302 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4303 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4304 return false; 4305 4306 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4307 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4308 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4309 return true; 4310 4311 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4312 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 4313 } 4314 4315 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 4316 } 4317 4318 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4319 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4320 4321 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4322 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4323 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4324 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4325 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4326 4327 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4328 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4329 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4330 4331 switch (Kind) { 4332 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4333 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4334 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4335 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4336 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4337 // 4338 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4339 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4340 // no operation that is not trivial. 4341 // 4342 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4343 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4344 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4345 // variable t: 4346 // 4347 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4348 assert(!Args.empty()); 4349 4350 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4351 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4352 // unknown bound. 4353 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4354 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4355 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4356 continue; 4357 4358 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4359 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4360 return false; 4361 } 4362 4363 // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type. 4364 QualType T = Args[0]->getType(); 4365 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4366 return false; 4367 4368 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4369 CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4370 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4371 return false; 4372 4373 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4374 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4375 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4376 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4377 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); 4378 if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType()) 4379 ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); 4380 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4381 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4382 ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4383 Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy))); 4384 } 4385 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4386 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4387 4388 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4389 // trap at translation unit scope. 4390 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4391 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4392 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4393 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4394 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4395 RParenLoc)); 4396 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4397 if (Init.Failed()) 4398 return false; 4399 4400 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4401 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4402 return false; 4403 4404 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4405 return true; 4406 4407 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4408 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4409 4410 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4411 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4412 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4413 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4414 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType())) 4415 return false; 4416 4417 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4418 // calls. 4419 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4420 } 4421 4422 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4423 return false; 4424 } 4425 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4426 } 4427 4428 return false; 4429 } 4430 4431 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4432 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4433 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4434 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4435 4436 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4437 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4438 return ExprError(); 4439 4440 bool Dependent = false; 4441 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4442 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4443 Dependent = true; 4444 break; 4445 } 4446 } 4447 4448 bool Result = false; 4449 if (!Dependent) 4450 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4451 4452 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4453 RParenLoc, Result); 4454 } 4455 4456 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4457 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4458 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4459 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4460 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4461 4462 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4463 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4464 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4465 if (!TInfo) 4466 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4467 4468 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4469 } 4470 4471 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4472 } 4473 4474 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4475 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4476 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4477 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4478 4479 switch(BTT) { 4480 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4481 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4482 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4483 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4484 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4485 4486 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4487 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4488 4489 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4490 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4491 4492 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4493 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4494 4495 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4496 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4497 4498 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4499 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4500 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4501 // complete type. 4502 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4503 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4504 return false; 4505 4506 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4507 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4508 } 4509 case BTT_IsSame: 4510 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4511 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4512 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4513 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4514 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4515 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4516 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4517 // Given the following function prototype: 4518 // 4519 // template <class T> 4520 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4521 // 4522 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4523 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4524 // the return expression in the following code would be 4525 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4526 // type of the function: 4527 // 4528 // To test() { 4529 // return create<From>(); 4530 // } 4531 // 4532 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4533 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4534 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4535 // is considered. 4536 // 4537 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4538 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4539 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4540 4541 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4542 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4543 return false; 4544 4545 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4546 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4547 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4548 4549 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4550 if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT)) 4551 return false; 4552 4553 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4554 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4555 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4556 4557 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4558 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4559 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4560 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4561 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4562 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4563 SourceLocation())); 4564 4565 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4566 // trap at translation unit scope. 4567 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4568 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4569 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4570 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4571 if (Init.Failed()) 4572 return false; 4573 4574 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4575 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4576 } 4577 4578 case BTT_IsAssignable: 4579 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4580 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4581 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4582 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4583 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4584 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4585 // 4586 // is_assignable is defined as: 4587 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4588 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4589 // 4590 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4591 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4592 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4593 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4594 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4595 return false; 4596 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4597 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4598 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4599 return false; 4600 4601 // cv void is never assignable. 4602 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4603 return false; 4604 4605 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4606 // declval<U>(). 4607 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4608 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4609 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4610 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4611 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4612 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4613 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4614 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4615 4616 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4617 // trap at translation unit scope. 4618 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4619 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4620 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4621 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4622 &Rhs); 4623 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4624 return false; 4625 4626 if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable) 4627 return true; 4628 4629 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4630 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4631 4632 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4633 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4634 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4635 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4636 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4637 return false; 4638 4639 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4640 } 4641 4642 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4643 return false; 4644 } 4645 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4646 } 4647 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4648 } 4649 4650 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4651 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4652 ParsedType Ty, 4653 Expr* DimExpr, 4654 SourceLocation RParen) { 4655 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4656 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4657 if (!TSInfo) 4658 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4659 4660 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4661 } 4662 4663 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4664 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4665 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4666 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4667 4668 switch(ATT) { 4669 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4670 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4671 unsigned Dim = 0; 4672 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4673 ++Dim; 4674 T = AT->getElementType(); 4675 } 4676 return Dim; 4677 } 4678 return 0; 4679 4680 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4681 llvm::APSInt Value; 4682 uint64_t Dim; 4683 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4684 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4685 false).isInvalid()) 4686 return 0; 4687 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4688 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4689 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4690 return 0; 4691 } 4692 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4693 4694 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4695 unsigned D = 0; 4696 bool Matched = false; 4697 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4698 if (Dim == D) { 4699 Matched = true; 4700 break; 4701 } 4702 ++D; 4703 T = AT->getElementType(); 4704 } 4705 4706 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4707 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4708 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4709 } 4710 } 4711 return 0; 4712 } 4713 } 4714 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4715 } 4716 4717 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4718 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4719 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4720 Expr* DimExpr, 4721 SourceLocation RParen) { 4722 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4723 4724 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4725 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4726 uint64_t Value = 0; 4727 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4728 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4729 4730 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4731 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4732 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4733 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4734 // important distinction. 4735 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4736 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4737 } 4738 4739 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4740 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4741 Expr *Queried, 4742 SourceLocation RParen) { 4743 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4744 if (!Queried) 4745 return ExprError(); 4746 4747 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4748 4749 return Result; 4750 } 4751 4752 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4753 switch (ET) { 4754 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4755 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4756 } 4757 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4758 } 4759 4760 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4761 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4762 Expr *Queried, 4763 SourceLocation RParen) { 4764 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4765 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4766 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4767 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4768 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4769 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4770 } 4771 4772 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4773 4774 return new (Context) 4775 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4776 } 4777 4778 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4779 ExprValueKind &VK, 4780 SourceLocation Loc, 4781 bool isIndirect) { 4782 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4783 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4784 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 4785 4786 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*. 4787 if (isIndirect) { 4788 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4789 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4790 } 4791 4792 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 4793 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4794 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4795 4796 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 4797 // C++ 5.5p2 4798 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 4799 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 4800 // class type) [...] 4801 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 4802 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 4803 if (!MemPtr) { 4804 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 4805 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4806 return QualType(); 4807 } 4808 4809 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 4810 4811 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 4812 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 4813 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 4814 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 4815 // likely to be considered a defect. 4816 4817 // C++ 5.5p2 4818 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 4819 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 4820 // such a class] 4821 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 4822 if (isIndirect) { 4823 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 4824 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4825 else { 4826 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 4827 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 4828 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 4829 return QualType(); 4830 } 4831 } 4832 4833 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 4834 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 4835 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 4836 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 4837 return QualType(); 4838 } 4839 4840 if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) { 4841 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 4842 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 4843 return QualType(); 4844 } 4845 4846 CXXCastPath BasePath; 4847 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 4848 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 4849 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 4850 &BasePath)) 4851 return QualType(); 4852 4853 // Cast LHS to type of use. 4854 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 4855 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4856 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 4857 &BasePath); 4858 } 4859 4860 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 4861 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 4862 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 4863 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 4864 return QualType(); 4865 } 4866 4867 // C++ 5.5p2 4868 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 4869 // second operand. 4870 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 4871 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 4872 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 4873 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 4874 4875 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4876 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 4877 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 4878 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 4879 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 4880 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 4881 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4882 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 4883 case RQ_None: 4884 // Do nothing 4885 break; 4886 4887 case RQ_LValue: 4888 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 4889 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4890 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4891 break; 4892 4893 case RQ_RValue: 4894 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 4895 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4896 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4897 break; 4898 } 4899 } 4900 4901 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4902 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 4903 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 4904 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 4905 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 4906 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 4907 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 4908 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 4909 VK = VK_RValue; 4910 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 4911 } else if (isIndirect) { 4912 VK = VK_LValue; 4913 } else { 4914 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4915 } 4916 4917 return Result; 4918 } 4919 4920 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3. 4921 /// 4922 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4923 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 4924 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 4925 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 4926 /// as such. 4927 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 4928 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 4929 bool &HaveConversion, 4930 QualType &ToType) { 4931 HaveConversion = false; 4932 ToType = To->getType(); 4933 4934 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 4935 SourceLocation()); 4936 // C++11 5.16p3 4937 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 4938 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 4939 // as follows: 4940 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4941 // implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the 4942 // constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to 4943 // an lvalue. 4944 // -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4945 // implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to 4946 // the constraint that the reference must bind directly. 4947 if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) { 4948 QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType) 4949 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType); 4950 4951 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4952 4953 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4954 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 4955 ToType = T; 4956 HaveConversion = true; 4957 return false; 4958 } 4959 4960 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4961 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4962 } 4963 4964 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 4965 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 4966 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 4967 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 4968 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 4969 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4970 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4971 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 4972 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy); 4973 if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || 4974 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) { 4975 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 4976 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 4977 // [cv2 > cv1]. 4978 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 4979 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 4980 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4981 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4982 if (InitSeq) { 4983 HaveConversion = true; 4984 return false; 4985 } 4986 4987 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4988 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4989 } 4990 } 4991 4992 return false; 4993 } 4994 4995 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4996 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 4997 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 4998 // an rvalue). 4999 // 5000 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 5001 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 5002 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>()) 5003 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType(); 5004 5005 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 5006 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5007 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 5008 ToType = TTy; 5009 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5010 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5011 5012 return false; 5013 } 5014 5015 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 5016 /// 5017 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 5018 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 5019 /// conversion to a common type. 5020 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 5021 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5022 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 5023 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 5024 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 5025 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 5026 CandidateSet); 5027 5028 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 5029 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 5030 case OR_Success: { 5031 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 5032 ExprResult LHSRes = 5033 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 5034 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 5035 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 5036 break; 5037 LHS = LHSRes; 5038 5039 ExprResult RHSRes = 5040 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 5041 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 5042 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 5043 break; 5044 RHS = RHSRes; 5045 if (Best->Function) 5046 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 5047 return false; 5048 } 5049 5050 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 5051 5052 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 5053 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 5054 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 5055 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5056 return true; 5057 5058 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5059 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5060 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5061 return true; 5062 5063 case OR_Ambiguous: 5064 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 5065 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5066 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5067 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 5068 // the viable candidates. 5069 break; 5070 5071 case OR_Deleted: 5072 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 5073 } 5074 return true; 5075 } 5076 5077 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 5078 /// TryClassUnification. 5079 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 5080 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 5081 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 5082 SourceLocation()); 5083 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 5084 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5085 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5086 if (Result.isInvalid()) 5087 return true; 5088 5089 E = Result; 5090 return false; 5091 } 5092 5093 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 5094 /// 5095 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 5096 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 5097 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 5098 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 5099 ExprObjectKind &OK, 5100 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5101 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 5102 // interface pointers. 5103 5104 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 5105 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 5106 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 5107 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 5108 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 5109 return QualType(); 5110 Cond = CondRes; 5111 } 5112 5113 // Assume r-value. 5114 VK = VK_RValue; 5115 OK = OK_Ordinary; 5116 5117 // Either of the arguments dependent? 5118 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 5119 return Context.DependentTy; 5120 5121 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 5122 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 5123 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5124 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5125 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 5126 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 5127 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 5128 // ... one of the following shall hold: 5129 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 5130 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 5131 // and value category of the other. 5132 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5133 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5134 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 5135 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 5136 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 5137 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 5138 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 5139 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 5140 return NonThrow->getType(); 5141 } 5142 5143 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 5144 // type void and is a prvalue. 5145 if (LVoid && RVoid) 5146 return Context.VoidTy; 5147 5148 // Neither holds, error. 5149 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 5150 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 5151 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5152 return QualType(); 5153 } 5154 5155 // Neither is void. 5156 5157 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5158 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 5159 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 5160 // those operands to the type of the other. 5161 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5162 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5163 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 5164 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 5165 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 5166 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 5167 return QualType(); 5168 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 5169 return QualType(); 5170 5171 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 5172 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 5173 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 5174 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5175 return QualType(); 5176 } 5177 5178 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 5179 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 5180 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 5181 if (HaveL2R) { 5182 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 5183 return QualType(); 5184 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5185 } else if (HaveR2L) { 5186 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 5187 return QualType(); 5188 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5189 } 5190 } 5191 5192 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5193 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 5194 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 5195 // operands to the type of the other. 5196 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5197 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5198 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5199 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) && 5200 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 5201 // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the 5202 // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion 5203 // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers. 5204 Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 5205 Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 5206 if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) { 5207 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 5208 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5209 } 5210 else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) { 5211 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 5212 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5213 } 5214 } 5215 5216 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 5217 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 5218 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 5219 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 5220 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 5221 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 5222 // l-values. 5223 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 5224 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 5225 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 5226 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 5227 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5228 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 5229 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 5230 OK = OK_BitField; 5231 return LTy; 5232 } 5233 5234 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 5235 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 5236 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 5237 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5238 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 5239 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 5240 // program is ill-formed. 5241 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 5242 return QualType(); 5243 } 5244 5245 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 5246 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 5247 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 5248 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 5249 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5250 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5251 return QualType(); 5252 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5253 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5254 5255 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 5256 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 5257 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 5258 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 5259 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 5260 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 5261 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 5262 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 5263 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 5264 if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy, 5265 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 5266 return QualType(); 5267 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 5268 5269 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5270 SourceLocation(), 5271 LHS); 5272 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5273 return QualType(); 5274 5275 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5276 SourceLocation(), 5277 RHS); 5278 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5279 return QualType(); 5280 5281 LHS = LHSCopy; 5282 RHS = RHSCopy; 5283 } 5284 5285 return LTy; 5286 } 5287 5288 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 5289 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 5290 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 5291 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 5292 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 5293 5294 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 5295 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 5296 // common type, and the result is of that type. 5297 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 5298 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 5299 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5300 return QualType(); 5301 if (ResTy.isNull()) { 5302 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5303 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy 5304 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5305 return QualType(); 5306 } 5307 5308 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5309 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5310 5311 return ResTy; 5312 } 5313 5314 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5315 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5316 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5317 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5318 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5319 // pointer type. 5320 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5321 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5322 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5323 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5324 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5325 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5326 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5327 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5328 isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr 5329 : &NonStandardCompositeType); 5330 if (!Composite.isNull()) { 5331 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5332 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5333 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard) 5334 << LTy << RTy << Composite 5335 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5336 5337 return Composite; 5338 } 5339 5340 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5341 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5342 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5343 return Composite; 5344 5345 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5346 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5347 return QualType(); 5348 5349 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5350 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5351 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5352 return QualType(); 5353 } 5354 5355 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5356 /// 5357 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5358 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this 5359 /// type and returns it. 5360 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5361 /// 5362 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5363 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5364 /// 5365 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find 5366 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions 5367 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType 5368 /// will be set true. 5369 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5370 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5371 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) { 5372 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5373 *NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5374 5375 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5376 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5377 5378 // C++11 5.9p2 5379 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on 5380 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If 5381 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is 5382 // std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or, 5383 // if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand. 5384 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() && 5385 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) { 5386 if (T1->isNullPtrType() && 5387 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5388 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5389 return T1; 5390 } 5391 if (T2->isNullPtrType() && 5392 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5393 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5394 return T2; 5395 } 5396 return QualType(); 5397 } 5398 5399 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5400 if (T2->isMemberPointerType()) 5401 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5402 else 5403 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5404 return T2; 5405 } 5406 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5407 if (T1->isMemberPointerType()) 5408 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5409 else 5410 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5411 return T1; 5412 } 5413 5414 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5415 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) || 5416 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())) 5417 return QualType(); 5418 5419 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then 5420 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is 5421 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2. 5422 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the 5423 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is 5424 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types. 5425 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second. 5426 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the 5427 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite 5428 // types are the same, we have succeeded. 5429 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5430 typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector; 5431 QualifierVector QualifierUnion; 5432 typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> 5433 ContainingClassVector; 5434 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass; 5435 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1), 5436 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2); 5437 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5438 do { 5439 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5440 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5441 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5442 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5443 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5444 5445 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5446 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5447 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5448 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5449 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5450 5451 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5452 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5453 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5454 continue; 5455 } 5456 5457 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5458 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5459 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5460 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5461 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5462 5463 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5464 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5465 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5466 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5467 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5468 5469 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5470 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5471 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5472 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5473 continue; 5474 } 5475 5476 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5477 5478 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5479 break; 5480 } while (true); 5481 5482 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) { 5483 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5484 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5485 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5486 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) { 5487 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 5488 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5489 *NonStandardCompositeType = true; 5490 } 5491 } 5492 } 5493 5494 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5495 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC 5496 = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5497 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator 5498 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(), 5499 E = QualifierUnion.rend(); 5500 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) { 5501 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I); 5502 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) { 5503 // Rebuild member pointer type 5504 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5505 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), 5506 MOC->first); 5507 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5508 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), 5509 MOC->second); 5510 } else { 5511 // Rebuild pointer type 5512 Composite1 5513 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5514 Composite2 5515 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5516 } 5517 } 5518 5519 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type. 5520 InitializedEntity Entity1 5521 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1); 5522 InitializationKind Kind 5523 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation()); 5524 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5525 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5526 5527 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) { 5528 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable. 5529 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5530 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether 5531 // Composite2 is also viable. 5532 InitializedEntity Entity2 5533 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5534 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5535 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5536 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) { 5537 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different; 5538 // this is an ambiguity. 5539 return QualType(); 5540 } 5541 } 5542 5543 // Convert E1 to Composite1 5544 ExprResult E1Result 5545 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5546 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5547 return QualType(); 5548 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5549 5550 // Convert E2 to Composite1 5551 ExprResult E2Result 5552 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5553 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5554 return QualType(); 5555 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5556 5557 return Composite1; 5558 } 5559 5560 // Check whether Composite2 is viable. 5561 InitializedEntity Entity2 5562 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5563 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5564 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5565 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2) 5566 return QualType(); 5567 5568 // Convert E1 to Composite2 5569 ExprResult E1Result 5570 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5571 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5572 return QualType(); 5573 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5574 5575 // Convert E2 to Composite2 5576 ExprResult E2Result 5577 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5578 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5579 return QualType(); 5580 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5581 5582 return Composite2; 5583 } 5584 5585 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5586 if (!E) 5587 return ExprError(); 5588 5589 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5590 5591 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5592 if (!E->isRValue()) 5593 return E; 5594 5595 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5596 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5597 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5598 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5599 5600 bool ReturnsRetained; 5601 5602 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5603 // called value. 5604 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5605 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5606 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5607 5608 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5609 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5610 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5611 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5612 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5613 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5614 } 5615 5616 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5617 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5618 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5619 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5620 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5621 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5622 5623 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5624 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5625 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5626 5627 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5628 // type always produce a +1 object. 5629 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5630 ReturnsRetained = true; 5631 5632 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5633 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5634 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5635 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5636 return E; 5637 5638 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5639 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5640 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5641 } else { 5642 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5643 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5644 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5645 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5646 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5647 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5648 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5649 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5650 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5651 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5652 } 5653 5654 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 5655 5656 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 5657 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 5658 // return an object. 5659 if (!ReturnsRetained && 5660 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 5661 return E; 5662 } 5663 5664 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 5665 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 5666 return E; 5667 5668 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 5669 5670 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 5671 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 5672 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 5673 VK_RValue); 5674 } 5675 5676 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5677 return E; 5678 5679 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 5680 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 5681 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 5682 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 5683 while (!RT) { 5684 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 5685 case Type::Record: 5686 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 5687 break; 5688 case Type::ConstantArray: 5689 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5690 case Type::VariableArray: 5691 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 5692 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5693 break; 5694 default: 5695 return E; 5696 } 5697 } 5698 5699 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 5700 // not processing a decltype expression. 5701 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 5702 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 5703 return E; 5704 5705 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 5706 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 5707 5708 if (Destructor) { 5709 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5710 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5711 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5712 << E->getType()); 5713 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 5714 return ExprError(); 5715 5716 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 5717 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 5718 return E; 5719 5720 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5721 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 5722 } 5723 5724 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 5725 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 5726 5727 if (IsDecltype) 5728 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 5729 5730 return Bind; 5731 } 5732 5733 ExprResult 5734 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 5735 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5736 return ExprError(); 5737 5738 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 5739 } 5740 5741 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 5742 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 5743 5744 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5745 5746 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 5747 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 5748 assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() || 5749 ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 5750 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 5751 return SubExpr; 5752 5753 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 5754 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 5755 5756 auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create( 5757 Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups); 5758 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 5759 5760 return E; 5761 } 5762 5763 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 5764 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 5765 5766 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5767 5768 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 5769 return SubStmt; 5770 5771 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 5772 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 5773 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 5774 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 5775 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 5776 SourceLocation(), 5777 SourceLocation()); 5778 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 5779 SourceLocation()); 5780 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 5781 } 5782 5783 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 5784 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 5785 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 5786 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 5787 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 5788 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 5789 5790 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 5791 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 5792 // -- if the function call is either 5793 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 5794 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 5795 // decltype-specifier, 5796 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 5797 5798 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 5799 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 5800 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 5801 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 5802 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5803 return ExprError(); 5804 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 5805 return E; 5806 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 5807 } 5808 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 5809 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 5810 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 5811 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 5812 return ExprError(); 5813 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 5814 return E; 5815 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 5816 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 5817 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 5818 } 5819 } 5820 5821 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 5822 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 5823 : nullptr; 5824 if (TopCall) 5825 E = TopCall; 5826 else 5827 TopBind = nullptr; 5828 5829 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 5830 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 5831 5832 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 5833 // decltype expression. 5834 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 5835 return E; 5836 5837 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 5838 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 5839 I != N; ++I) { 5840 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 5841 if (Call == TopCall) 5842 continue; 5843 5844 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 5845 Call->getLocStart(), 5846 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 5847 return ExprError(); 5848 } 5849 5850 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 5851 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 5852 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 5853 I != N; ++I) { 5854 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 5855 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 5856 if (Bind == TopBind) 5857 continue; 5858 5859 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 5860 5861 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 5862 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5863 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 5864 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 5865 5866 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5867 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5868 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5869 << Bind->getType()); 5870 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 5871 return ExprError(); 5872 5873 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5874 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 5875 } 5876 5877 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 5878 return E; 5879 } 5880 5881 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 5882 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 5883 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 5884 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 5885 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 5886 unsigned Limit = 9; 5887 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 5888 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 5889 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 5890 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 5891 } 5892 5893 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 5894 if (I == SkipStart) { 5895 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 5896 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 5897 << SkipCount; 5898 I += SkipCount; 5899 } else { 5900 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 5901 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 5902 ++I; 5903 } 5904 } 5905 } 5906 5907 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5908 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5909 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5910 ParsedType &ObjectType, 5911 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 5912 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 5913 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 5914 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5915 Base = Result.get(); 5916 5917 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5918 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5919 Base = Result.get(); 5920 5921 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 5922 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 5923 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 5924 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 5925 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 5926 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 5927 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 5928 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5929 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5930 5931 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5932 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5933 return Base; 5934 } 5935 5936 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 5937 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 5938 // returned, with the original second operand. 5939 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5940 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 5941 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 5942 bool FirstIteration = true; 5943 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 5944 // The set of types we've considered so far. 5945 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 5946 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 5947 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 5948 5949 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5950 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 5951 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 5952 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 5953 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5954 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 5955 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 5956 return ExprError(); 5957 } 5958 5959 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 5960 S, Base, OpLoc, 5961 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 5962 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 5963 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 5964 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 5965 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5966 ? nullptr 5967 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 5968 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5969 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 5970 if (FirstIteration) { 5971 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5972 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 5973 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5974 OpKind = tok::period; 5975 break; 5976 } 5977 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 5978 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5979 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 5980 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 5981 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 5982 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 5983 } 5984 } 5985 return ExprError(); 5986 } 5987 Base = Result.get(); 5988 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 5989 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 5990 BaseType = Base->getType(); 5991 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 5992 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 5993 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 5994 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5995 return ExprError(); 5996 } 5997 FirstIteration = false; 5998 } 5999 6000 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 6001 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 6002 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6003 } 6004 6005 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 6006 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 6007 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6008 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6009 6010 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6011 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 6012 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 6013 // postfix-expression. 6014 // 6015 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 6016 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 6017 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and 6018 // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor 6019 // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process, 6020 // so just skip this check for ObjC types. 6021 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 6022 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6023 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6024 return Base; 6025 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 6026 ObjectType = nullptr; 6027 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6028 return Base; 6029 } 6030 6031 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 6032 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 6033 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 6034 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 6035 // the member function body. 6036 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 6037 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 6038 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 6039 return ExprError(); 6040 6041 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6042 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 6043 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 6044 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 6045 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 6046 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6047 return Base; 6048 } 6049 6050 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 6051 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 6052 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6053 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 6054 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 6055 Base = result.get(); 6056 } 6057 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 6058 6059 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6060 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 6061 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 6062 // This scalar type is the object type. 6063 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 6064 // arrow operator. 6065 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 6066 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 6067 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 6068 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 6069 // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it. 6070 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6071 << ObjectType << true 6072 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 6073 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 6074 return true; 6075 6076 OpKind = tok::period; 6077 } 6078 } 6079 6080 return false; 6081 } 6082 6083 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 6084 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6085 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6086 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6087 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 6088 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6089 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6090 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 6091 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 6092 6093 QualType ObjectType; 6094 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6095 return ExprError(); 6096 6097 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 6098 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 6099 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 6100 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 6101 else { 6102 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 6103 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 6104 return ExprError(); 6105 } 6106 } 6107 6108 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6109 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 6110 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 6111 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 6112 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 6113 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 6114 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 6115 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 6116 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 6117 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6118 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6119 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6120 6121 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6122 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6123 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6124 DestructedTypeStart); 6125 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6126 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 6127 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 6128 6129 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6130 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 6131 // type. 6132 } else { 6133 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 6134 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6135 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6136 } 6137 6138 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6139 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6140 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6141 DestructedTypeStart); 6142 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6143 } 6144 } 6145 } 6146 6147 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6148 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 6149 // form 6150 // 6151 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 6152 // 6153 // shall designate the same scalar type. 6154 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 6155 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 6156 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 6157 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 6158 6159 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 6160 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6161 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 6162 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6163 6164 ScopeType = QualType(); 6165 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6166 } 6167 } 6168 6169 Expr *Result 6170 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 6171 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 6172 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 6173 ScopeTypeInfo, 6174 CCLoc, 6175 TildeLoc, 6176 Destructed); 6177 6178 return Result; 6179 } 6180 6181 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6182 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6183 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6184 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6185 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 6186 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6187 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6188 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 6189 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6190 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6191 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6192 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6193 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6194 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6195 6196 QualType ObjectType; 6197 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6198 return ExprError(); 6199 6200 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 6201 // record types and dependent types matter. 6202 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 6203 if (!SS.isSet()) { 6204 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 6205 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 6206 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 6207 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 6208 } 6209 6210 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 6211 // type (with source-location information). 6212 QualType DestructedType; 6213 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 6214 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 6215 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6216 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6217 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6218 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6219 if (!T && 6220 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 6221 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 6222 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 6223 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 6224 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 6225 // template instantiation time. 6226 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6227 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6228 } else if (!T) { 6229 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6230 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6231 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6232 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6233 return ExprError(); 6234 6235 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6236 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6237 } else 6238 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 6239 } else { 6240 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6241 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 6242 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6243 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6244 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6245 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6246 TemplateId->Template, 6247 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6248 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6249 TemplateArgsPtr, 6250 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6251 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6252 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6253 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6254 } else 6255 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 6256 } 6257 6258 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 6259 // information. 6260 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 6261 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 6262 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 6263 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6264 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6265 } 6266 6267 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 6268 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6269 QualType ScopeType; 6270 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6271 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 6272 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6273 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 6274 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6275 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6276 if (!T) { 6277 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6278 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6279 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6280 6281 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6282 return ExprError(); 6283 6284 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 6285 ScopeType = QualType(); 6286 } else 6287 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 6288 } else { 6289 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6290 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 6291 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6292 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6293 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6294 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6295 TemplateId->Template, 6296 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6297 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6298 TemplateArgsPtr, 6299 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6300 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6301 // Recover by dropping this type. 6302 ScopeType = QualType(); 6303 } else 6304 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 6305 } 6306 } 6307 6308 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 6309 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 6310 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 6311 6312 6313 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 6314 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6315 Destructed); 6316 } 6317 6318 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6319 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6320 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6321 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6322 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6323 QualType ObjectType; 6324 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6325 return ExprError(); 6326 6327 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6328 false); 6329 6330 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6331 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6332 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6333 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6334 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6335 6336 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6337 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6338 Destructed); 6339 } 6340 6341 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6342 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6343 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6344 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6345 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6346 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6347 // is a LambdaExpr. 6348 Expr *SubE = E; 6349 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6350 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6351 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6352 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6353 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6354 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6355 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6356 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6357 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6358 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6359 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6360 // autoreleased. 6361 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6362 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated); 6363 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6364 E->getExprLoc(), 6365 Method, E); 6366 PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 6367 6368 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6369 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6370 return Exp; 6371 } 6372 } 6373 6374 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6375 FoundDecl, Method); 6376 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6377 return true; 6378 6379 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6380 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6381 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6382 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6383 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6384 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6385 6386 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6387 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6388 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6389 6390 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6391 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6392 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6393 return CE; 6394 } 6395 6396 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6397 SourceLocation RParen) { 6398 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6399 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6400 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6401 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6402 if (R.isInvalid()) 6403 return R; 6404 6405 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6406 Operand = R.get(); 6407 6408 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6409 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6410 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6411 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6412 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6413 } 6414 6415 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6416 return new (Context) 6417 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6418 } 6419 6420 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6421 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6422 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6423 } 6424 6425 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6426 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6427 // according to [expr]p10: 6428 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6429 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6430 // one of the following forms: 6431 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6432 6433 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6434 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6435 return true; 6436 6437 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6438 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6439 return true; 6440 6441 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6442 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6443 return true; 6444 6445 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6446 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6447 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6448 return true; 6449 6450 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6451 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6452 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6453 return true; 6454 6455 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6456 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6457 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6458 } 6459 6460 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6461 // operands are one of the above, or 6462 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6463 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6464 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6465 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6466 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6467 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6468 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6469 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6470 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6471 } 6472 6473 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6474 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6475 return true; 6476 6477 return false; 6478 } 6479 6480 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6481 /// context that ignores the result. 6482 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6483 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6484 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6485 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6486 E = result.get(); 6487 } 6488 6489 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6490 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6491 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6492 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6493 if (E->isRValue()) { 6494 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6495 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6496 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6497 // some clients. 6498 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6499 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6500 6501 return E; 6502 } 6503 6504 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6505 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6506 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6507 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6508 // conversion. 6509 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6510 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6511 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6512 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6513 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6514 return E; 6515 E = Res.get(); 6516 } 6517 return E; 6518 } 6519 6520 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6521 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6522 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6523 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6524 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6525 return E; 6526 } 6527 } 6528 6529 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6530 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6531 return E; 6532 E = Res.get(); 6533 6534 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6535 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6536 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6537 return E; 6538 } 6539 6540 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6541 // in a constant expression, return true. 6542 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6543 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6544 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6545 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6546 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6547 // never be a constant expression. 6548 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6549 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6550 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6551 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6552 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6553 ASTContext &Context) { 6554 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6555 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6556 6557 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6558 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6559 assert(DefVD); 6560 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6561 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6562 6563 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6564 6565 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6566 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6567 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6568 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6569 return false; 6570 } 6571 6572 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6573 } 6574 6575 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6576 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6577 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6578 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6579 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6580 /// need to be captured. 6581 6582 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6583 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6584 6585 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6586 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6587 assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext && 6588 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 6589 6590 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 6591 6592 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 6593 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 6594 6595 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 6596 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 6597 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 6598 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 6599 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 6600 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 6601 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 6602 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 6603 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 6604 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 6605 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 6606 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 6607 // For e.g.: 6608 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 6609 // int test() { 6610 // const int x = 10; 6611 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6612 // (void) +x + a; 6613 // }; 6614 // } 6615 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 6616 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 6617 continue; 6618 6619 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 6620 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6621 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6622 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6623 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 6624 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6625 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 6626 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6627 } 6628 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 6629 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 6630 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 6631 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 6632 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 6633 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 6634 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 6635 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 6636 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 6637 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 6638 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 6639 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6640 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6641 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 6642 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 6643 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 6644 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 6645 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6646 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6647 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 6648 DeclRefType, nullptr); 6649 } 6650 } 6651 } 6652 6653 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 6654 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 6655 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 6656 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6657 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6658 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6659 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 6660 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6661 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 6662 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 6663 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6664 } 6665 } 6666 6667 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 6668 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 6669 } 6670 6671 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 6672 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 6673 const TypoCorrection &TC) { 6674 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 6675 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 6676 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 6677 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 6678 6679 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 6680 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6681 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 6682 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 6683 NewSS = *SS; 6684 6685 if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) { 6686 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 6687 R.addDecl(ND); 6688 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 6689 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 6690 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 6691 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6692 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6693 if (!Record) 6694 Record = 6695 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 6696 if (Record) 6697 R.setNamingClass(Record); 6698 6699 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 6700 // member. 6701 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 6702 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 6703 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6704 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 6705 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6706 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 6707 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6708 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 6709 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6710 else 6711 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 6712 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 6713 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 6714 6715 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 6716 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 6717 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 6718 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); 6719 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 6720 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 6721 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 6722 } 6723 } 6724 6725 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 6726 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 6727 } 6728 6729 namespace { 6730 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 6731 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 6732 6733 public: 6734 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 6735 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 6736 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 6737 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 6738 return true; 6739 } 6740 }; 6741 6742 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 6743 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 6744 6745 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 6746 // process of being initialized. 6747 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 6748 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 6749 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 6750 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 6751 6752 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 6753 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 6754 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 6755 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 6756 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 6757 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 6758 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 6759 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6760 if (State.DiagHandler) { 6761 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 6762 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 6763 6764 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 6765 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 6766 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 6767 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 6768 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 6769 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 6770 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 6771 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 6772 6773 State.DiagHandler(TC); 6774 } 6775 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 6776 } 6777 } 6778 6779 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 6780 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 6781 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 6782 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 6783 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 6784 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 6785 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 6786 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 6787 /// of corrections. 6788 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 6789 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 6790 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6791 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6792 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 6793 return true; 6794 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6795 } 6796 return false; 6797 } 6798 6799 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 6800 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 6801 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 6802 6803 if (!E) 6804 return nullptr; 6805 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6806 return DRE->getFoundDecl(); 6807 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 6808 return ME->getFoundDecl(); 6809 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 6810 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 6811 // contain multiple decls. 6812 return nullptr; 6813 } 6814 6815 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 6816 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6817 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 6818 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 6819 return ExprError(); 6820 6821 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 6822 } 6823 6824 public: 6825 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 6826 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 6827 6828 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6829 MultiExprArg Args, 6830 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6831 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 6832 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 6833 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 6834 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 6835 if (Result.isUsable()) { 6836 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 6837 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 6838 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 6839 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 6840 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 6841 } 6842 } 6843 return Result; 6844 } 6845 6846 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6847 6848 ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6849 6850 ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) { 6851 return Owned(E); 6852 } 6853 6854 ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) { 6855 return Owned(E); 6856 } 6857 6858 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 6859 ExprResult Res; 6860 while (true) { 6861 Res = TryTransform(E); 6862 6863 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 6864 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 6865 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 6866 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 6867 break; 6868 } 6869 6870 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 6871 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 6872 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 6873 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 6874 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 6875 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 6876 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 6877 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 6878 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 6879 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 6880 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 6881 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 6882 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6883 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 6884 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6885 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 6886 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6887 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6888 Res = ExprError(); 6889 break; 6890 } 6891 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 6892 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 6893 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 6894 } 6895 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 6896 6897 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 6898 if (!Res.isUsable()) 6899 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 6900 6901 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 6902 6903 return Res; 6904 } 6905 6906 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 6907 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 6908 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 6909 // first one that was encountered. 6910 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 6911 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 6912 return CacheEntry; 6913 } 6914 6915 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 6916 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 6917 6918 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 6919 // typo correction and return it. 6920 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 6921 if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl) 6922 continue; 6923 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 6924 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 6925 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 6926 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 6927 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 6928 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 6929 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 6930 TypoCorrection Next; 6931 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 6932 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 6933 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 6934 } else { 6935 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 6936 } 6937 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 6938 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 6939 return CacheEntry = NE; 6940 } 6941 } 6942 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 6943 } 6944 }; 6945 } 6946 6947 ExprResult 6948 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 6949 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 6950 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 6951 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 6952 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 6953 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 6954 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 6955 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 6956 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 6957 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 6958 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 6959 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 6960 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 6961 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 6962 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 6963 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 6964 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 6965 return Result; 6966 } 6967 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 6968 } 6969 return E; 6970 } 6971 6972 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 6973 bool DiscardedValue, 6974 bool IsConstexpr, 6975 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 6976 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 6977 6978 if (!FullExpr.get()) 6979 return ExprError(); 6980 6981 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 6982 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 6983 // containing full-expression is done). 6984 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 6985 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 6986 // return a; 6987 // }() ...); 6988 // } 6989 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 6990 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 6991 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 6992 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 6993 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 6994 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 6995 // parser/instantiation has got to). 6996 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 6997 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 6998 return ExprError(); 6999 7000 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7001 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7002 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7003 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 7004 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7005 return ExprError(); 7006 } 7007 7008 if (DiscardedValue) { 7009 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7010 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7011 return ExprError(); 7012 7013 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 7014 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7015 return ExprError(); 7016 } 7017 7018 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7019 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7020 return ExprError(); 7021 7022 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 7023 7024 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 7025 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 7026 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 7027 // Consider the following code: 7028 // void f(int, int); 7029 // void f(const int&, double); 7030 // void foo() { 7031 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 7032 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 7033 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 7034 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 7035 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 7036 // }; 7037 // }; 7038 // } 7039 7040 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 7041 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 7042 // void f() { 7043 // const int n = 0; 7044 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 7045 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 7046 // }; 7047 // } 7048 // 7049 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 7050 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 7051 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 7052 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 7053 7054 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda(); 7055 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 7056 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 7057 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 7058 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 7059 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 7060 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 7061 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 7062 // "Alternative suggestion: 7063 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 7064 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 7065 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 7066 // constructor/destructor. 7067 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 7068 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 7069 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext); 7070 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 7071 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7072 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 7073 *this); 7074 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 7075 } 7076 7077 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 7078 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 7079 7080 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 7081 } 7082 7083 Sema::IfExistsResult 7084 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 7085 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7086 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 7087 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 7088 if (!TargetName) 7089 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7090 7091 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 7092 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 7093 return IER_Dependent; 7094 7095 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 7096 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 7097 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 7098 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 7099 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 7100 7101 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 7102 case LookupResult::Found: 7103 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 7104 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 7105 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 7106 return IER_Exists; 7107 7108 case LookupResult::NotFound: 7109 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7110 7111 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 7112 return IER_Dependent; 7113 } 7114 7115 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 7116 } 7117 7118 Sema::IfExistsResult 7119 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 7120 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7121 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 7122 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 7123 7124 // Check for unexpanded parameter packs. 7125 SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded; 7126 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded); 7127 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded); 7128 if (!Unexpanded.empty()) { 7129 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc, 7130 IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists 7131 : UPPC_IfNotExists, 7132 Unexpanded); 7133 return IER_Error; 7134 } 7135 7136 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 7137 } 7138